1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
206 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
704 unsigned int i
, type
;
707 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
710 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
711 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
714 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
718 static reloc_howto_type
*
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
853 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
868 static reloc_howto_type
*
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
875 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
897 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
898 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
907 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
928 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
931 asection
*input_section
,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
937 bfd_size_type octets
;
940 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
942 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
946 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
947 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
948 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
953 value
= symbol
->value
;
954 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
955 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
956 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
957 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
958 + input_section
->output_offset
959 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
962 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
963 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
965 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
972 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
975 asection
*input_section
,
977 char **error_message
)
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
982 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
984 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
986 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
989 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
991 *error_message
= buf
;
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name
;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name
;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1065 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1067 unsigned char *contents
;
1069 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1073 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1077 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1082 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1344 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1638 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1639 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1644 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1645 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1647 /* xgettext:c-format */
1648 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1652 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1653 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1654 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1655 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1656 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1659 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1663 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1666 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1667 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1668 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1671 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1672 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1673 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1676 error_message
= NULL
;
1680 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1681 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1683 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1684 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1686 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1689 /* xgettext:c-format */
1690 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1699 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1702 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1703 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1706 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1709 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1711 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1714 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1717 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1722 unsigned num_entries
;
1723 bfd_size_type length
;
1725 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1732 length
= asec
->size
;
1736 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1740 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1744 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1745 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1747 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1748 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1749 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1752 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1754 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1758 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1759 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1761 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1762 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1766 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1770 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1772 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1773 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1777 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1779 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1781 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1784 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1785 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1786 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1787 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1791 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1793 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1794 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1795 && section
->vma
<= vma
1796 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1800 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1801 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1804 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1805 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1806 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1807 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1811 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1818 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1821 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1824 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1828 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1832 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1833 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1834 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1835 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1837 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1838 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1839 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1840 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1842 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1844 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1846 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1849 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1850 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1853 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1854 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1856 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1857 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1859 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1862 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1864 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1865 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1867 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1868 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1869 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1876 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1879 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1880 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1886 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1887 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1888 glink stubs now reside. */
1889 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1893 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1894 from the first glink stub. */
1895 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1896 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1898 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1900 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1902 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1903 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1905 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1906 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1908 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1909 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1911 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1913 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1918 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1919 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1920 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1921 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1922 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1923 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1924 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1925 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1926 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1927 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1929 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1932 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1933 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1936 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1937 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1938 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1940 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1942 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1945 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1948 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1950 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1954 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1955 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1956 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1957 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1961 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1962 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1964 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1965 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1966 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1967 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1968 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1969 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1971 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1974 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1975 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1979 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1980 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1981 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1982 names
+= strlen (names
);
1984 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1985 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1990 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1991 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1993 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1995 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1997 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1998 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2004 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2005 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2007 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2009 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2011 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2012 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2020 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2021 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2022 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2023 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2024 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2027 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2028 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2031 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2033 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2034 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2035 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2036 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2037 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2040 /* The .got2 section. */
2043 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2046 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2050 /* .glink stub offset. */
2051 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2054 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2055 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2056 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2059 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2060 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2065 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2066 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2067 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2068 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2074 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2082 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2083 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2084 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2085 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2089 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2090 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2091 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2093 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2095 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2098 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2100 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2103 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2104 unsigned int count
: 31;
2106 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2107 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2110 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2114 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2116 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2117 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2118 from the beginning of the section. */
2119 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2121 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2122 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2124 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2125 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2126 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2127 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2128 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2129 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2130 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2131 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2132 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2134 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2135 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2136 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2137 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2138 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2139 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2141 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2142 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2143 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2144 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2145 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2147 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2149 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2151 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2152 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2153 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2156 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2158 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2162 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2164 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2165 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2167 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2171 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2173 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2175 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2177 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2180 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2181 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2183 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2186 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2188 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2192 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2193 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2195 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2196 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2197 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2198 unsigned int got_gap
;
2200 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2201 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2203 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2204 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2206 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2207 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2208 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2209 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2211 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2212 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2214 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2215 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2217 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2219 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2221 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2222 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2224 /* Small local sym cache. */
2225 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2228 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2229 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2231 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2232 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2234 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2236 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2238 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2239 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2241 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2243 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2244 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2245 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2247 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2249 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2250 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2251 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2258 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2259 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2264 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2265 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2268 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2269 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2270 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2271 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2277 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2279 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2280 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2282 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2283 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2284 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2286 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2290 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2291 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2292 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2299 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2300 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2301 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2302 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2304 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2306 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2307 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2308 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2310 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2311 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2312 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2314 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2315 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2316 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2318 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2321 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2324 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2329 htab
->params
= params
;
2330 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2333 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2336 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2338 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2340 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2343 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2344 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2346 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2348 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2349 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2350 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2357 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2358 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2359 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2362 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2363 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2365 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2369 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2370 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2372 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2377 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2378 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2380 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2381 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2383 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2388 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2390 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2395 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2396 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2397 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2399 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2400 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2401 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2406 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2408 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2409 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2410 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2411 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2413 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2417 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2418 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2421 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2424 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2425 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2426 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2427 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2429 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2432 /* Local plt entries. */
2433 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2435 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2437 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2441 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2443 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2444 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2446 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2447 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2448 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2452 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2456 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2463 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2464 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2465 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2468 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2470 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2474 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2476 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2477 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2480 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2483 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2484 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2487 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2488 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2493 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2495 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2496 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2497 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2500 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2504 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2505 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2509 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2510 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2511 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2512 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2513 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2516 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2519 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2520 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2521 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2523 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2525 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2526 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2528 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2529 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2531 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2532 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2533 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2534 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2535 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2536 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2537 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2539 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2540 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2543 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2545 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2547 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2550 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2551 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2552 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2554 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2556 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2557 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2559 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2560 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2567 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2570 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2571 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2574 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2575 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2576 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2577 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2579 /* And plt entries. */
2580 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2582 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2584 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2585 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2587 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2589 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2591 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2592 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2594 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2601 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2604 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2605 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2608 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2610 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2611 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2612 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2613 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2614 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2615 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2616 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2620 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2621 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2624 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2625 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2626 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2627 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2628 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2632 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2633 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2634 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2635 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2637 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2639 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2641 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2642 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2644 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2646 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2647 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2649 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2652 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2657 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2663 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2665 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2666 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2667 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2669 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2671 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2672 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2673 return linker_pointers
;
2678 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2681 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2682 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2684 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2686 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2687 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2688 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2691 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2693 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2698 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2699 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2700 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2705 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2709 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2711 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2712 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2714 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2717 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2720 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2721 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2726 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2729 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2730 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2735 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2738 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2739 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2740 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2741 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2742 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2744 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2747 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2748 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2749 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2750 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2752 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2754 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2755 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2759 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2760 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2761 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2767 static struct plt_entry
**
2768 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2769 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2770 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2773 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2774 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2775 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2777 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2779 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2781 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2782 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2783 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2784 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2785 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2787 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2790 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2791 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2792 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2793 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2794 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2795 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2799 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2800 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2802 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2806 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2807 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2811 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2812 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2817 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2818 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2821 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2825 static struct plt_entry
*
2826 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2828 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2832 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2833 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2839 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2841 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2843 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2844 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2845 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2846 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2847 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2848 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2854 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2857 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2859 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2860 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2861 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2862 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2866 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2869 /* xgettext:c-format */
2870 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2872 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2876 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2877 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2881 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2882 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2886 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2887 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2888 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2889 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2890 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2891 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2892 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2894 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2897 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2898 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2899 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2900 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2901 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2902 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2903 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2907 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2911 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2913 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2914 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2915 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2917 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2918 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2920 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2921 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2922 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2925 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2926 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2927 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2928 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2929 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2932 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2933 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2935 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2936 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2937 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2939 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2940 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2943 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2944 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2948 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2949 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2950 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2951 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2954 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2955 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2958 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2959 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2961 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2962 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2963 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2965 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2969 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2971 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2973 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2978 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2980 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2981 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2982 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2986 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2987 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2989 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2990 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2992 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2993 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2996 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2997 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2998 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2999 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3000 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3001 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3002 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3003 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3004 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3010 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
3011 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3016 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3017 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3018 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3022 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3023 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3030 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3031 its parameter symbol. */
3033 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3035 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3036 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3047 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3054 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3061 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3062 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3063 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3070 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3072 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3075 /* GOT16 relocations */
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3078 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3079 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3080 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3081 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3083 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3084 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3085 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3090 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3091 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3094 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3095 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3098 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3100 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3102 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3107 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3108 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3109 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3116 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3120 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3121 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3122 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3124 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3127 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3128 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3133 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3134 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3138 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3139 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3150 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3151 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3167 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3168 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3170 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3173 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3176 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3177 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3181 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3182 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3187 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3188 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3195 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3198 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3201 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3204 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3208 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3212 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3214 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3215 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3218 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3220 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3223 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3224 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3230 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3231 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3233 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3236 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3237 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3238 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3239 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3240 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3241 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3242 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3246 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3247 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3248 section relative. */
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3251 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3252 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3255 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3256 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3263 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3264 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3265 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3268 /* These are just markers. */
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3274 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3275 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3279 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3281 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3282 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3283 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3284 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3287 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3292 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3293 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3296 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3297 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3298 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3300 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3301 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3303 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3306 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3311 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3312 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3313 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3314 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3318 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3319 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3320 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3321 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3325 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3332 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3343 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3344 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3345 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3354 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3356 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3361 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3364 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3365 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3368 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3376 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3379 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3381 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3382 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3383 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3386 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3388 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3389 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3391 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3392 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3399 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3402 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3404 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3406 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3407 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3417 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3419 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3420 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3422 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3428 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3429 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3430 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3431 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3432 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3433 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3434 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3435 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3436 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3437 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3438 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3439 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3440 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3441 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3442 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3445 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3446 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3447 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3449 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3450 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3452 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3453 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3454 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3455 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3456 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3458 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3459 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3463 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3464 "create relocation for %s\n",
3465 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3466 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3470 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3471 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3473 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3474 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3480 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3481 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3484 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3485 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3487 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3489 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3491 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3494 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3501 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3506 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3507 We really need local syms available to do this
3509 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3510 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3511 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3514 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3516 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3521 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3525 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3526 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3527 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3529 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3531 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3533 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3536 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3539 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3553 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3554 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3556 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3558 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3559 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3560 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3561 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3563 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3564 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3566 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3567 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3569 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3571 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3572 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3573 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3577 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3579 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3580 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3583 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3586 /* xgettext:c-format */
3587 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3591 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3594 /* xgettext:c-format */
3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3599 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3602 /* xgettext:c-format */
3603 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3604 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3607 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3610 /* xgettext:c-format */
3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3616 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3617 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3620 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3622 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3623 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3626 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3629 /* xgettext:c-format */
3630 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3631 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3634 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3637 /* xgettext:c-format */
3638 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3639 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3642 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3645 /* xgettext:c-format */
3646 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3647 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3650 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3653 /* xgettext:c-format */
3654 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3655 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3662 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3668 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3669 there are conflicting attributes. */
3671 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3674 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3675 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3678 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3681 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3682 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3683 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3685 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3686 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3687 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3688 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3690 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3692 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3693 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3694 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3698 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3700 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3701 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3704 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3705 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3706 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3707 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3709 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3711 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3713 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3714 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3717 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3720 /* xgettext:c-format */
3721 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3723 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3726 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3729 /* xgettext:c-format */
3730 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3732 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3737 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3738 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3739 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3740 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3741 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3743 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3744 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3745 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3747 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3749 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3751 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3752 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3755 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3758 /* xgettext:c-format */
3759 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3760 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3761 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3764 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3767 /* xgettext:c-format */
3768 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3769 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3770 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3780 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3781 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3784 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3785 object file when linking. */
3788 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3790 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3795 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3798 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3799 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3802 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3805 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3806 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3807 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3809 /* First call, no flags set. */
3810 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3811 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3814 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3815 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3818 /* Incompatible flags. */
3821 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3822 to be linked with either. */
3824 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3825 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3829 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3830 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3832 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3833 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3837 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3838 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3841 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3842 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3843 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3845 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3846 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3847 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3848 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3849 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3850 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3852 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3853 any module uses it. */
3854 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3856 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3857 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3859 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3860 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3864 /* xgettext:c-format */
3865 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3866 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3867 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3881 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3882 asection
*input_section
,
3883 unsigned long offset
,
3886 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3889 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3891 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3892 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3893 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3894 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3895 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3899 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3902 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3905 /* xgettext:c-format */
3906 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3907 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3910 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3911 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3918 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3921 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3924 /* xgettext:c-format */
3925 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3926 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3929 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3931 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3932 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3933 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3935 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3936 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3937 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3942 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3943 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3945 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3946 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3950 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3954 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3955 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3956 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3957 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3958 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3959 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3960 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3961 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3966 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3967 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3969 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3972 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3975 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3977 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3979 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3981 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3982 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3983 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3984 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3985 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3986 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3987 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3990 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3991 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3993 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3994 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3995 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3996 r30 to be set up. */
3997 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4002 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4004 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4005 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4006 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4007 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4008 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4010 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4011 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4013 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4015 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4018 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4022 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4025 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4027 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4033 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4035 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4037 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4038 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4040 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4041 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4042 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4045 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4046 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4047 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4052 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4053 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4054 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4057 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4060 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4064 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4065 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4066 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4067 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4068 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4071 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4073 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4078 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4082 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4083 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4085 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4086 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4087 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4092 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4094 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4097 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4098 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4099 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4100 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4108 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4110 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4111 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4113 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4117 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4118 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4122 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4125 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4127 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4128 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4129 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4130 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4131 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4132 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4134 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4136 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4144 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4145 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4147 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4149 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4150 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4153 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4154 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4156 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4157 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4158 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4159 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4160 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4162 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4168 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4169 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4172 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4174 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4177 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4179 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4183 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4184 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4185 between the call and its destination. */
4189 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4190 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4192 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4194 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4195 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4198 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4199 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4201 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4203 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4207 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4208 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4209 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4210 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4211 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4212 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4213 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4214 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4215 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4216 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4217 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4218 together except their symbol. */
4220 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4222 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4223 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4225 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4229 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4231 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4232 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4233 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4235 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4237 /* Read the relocations. */
4238 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4240 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4243 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4244 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4246 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4247 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4249 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4250 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4251 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4253 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4254 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4257 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4258 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4261 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4263 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4264 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4269 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4273 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4276 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4279 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4280 + sec
->output_offset
4281 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4282 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4283 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4290 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4293 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4296 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4311 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4312 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4314 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4315 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4317 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4320 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4323 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4331 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4333 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4338 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4339 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4340 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4344 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4345 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4348 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4357 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4362 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4364 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4365 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4368 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4387 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4392 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4393 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4395 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4417 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4421 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4422 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4423 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4424 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4425 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4426 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4427 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4428 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4431 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4433 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4434 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4437 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4439 /* Read the relocations. */
4440 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4442 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4445 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4446 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4448 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4449 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4451 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4452 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4453 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4454 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4456 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4457 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4459 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4461 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4462 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4463 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4464 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4465 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4468 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4469 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4470 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4471 without marker relocs, then check that each
4472 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4473 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4474 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4475 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4477 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4479 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4480 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4481 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4483 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4484 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4485 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4486 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4491 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4495 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4496 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4500 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4501 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4502 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4503 that turns out to be the case. */
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4514 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4524 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4536 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4547 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4548 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4551 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4553 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4554 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4555 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4559 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4560 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4561 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4562 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4566 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4569 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4570 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4571 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4574 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4575 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4581 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4592 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4593 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4596 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4597 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4598 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4601 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4602 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4603 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4604 the entire optimization. */
4605 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4606 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4607 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4608 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4615 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4616 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4620 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4621 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4622 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4624 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4625 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4627 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4628 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4629 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4630 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4631 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4632 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4635 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4636 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4637 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4638 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4639 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4640 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4641 Disable optimization in this case. */
4642 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4643 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4644 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4645 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4648 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4650 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4653 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4654 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4655 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4656 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4657 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4659 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4660 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4667 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4672 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4673 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4676 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4680 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4684 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4687 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4689 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4691 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4693 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4695 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4701 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4702 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4703 size_dynamic_sections. */
4706 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4711 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4713 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4714 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4719 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4722 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4724 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4726 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4727 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4732 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4733 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4734 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4735 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4739 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4740 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4742 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4746 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4747 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4750 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4751 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4754 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4758 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4760 /* Deal with function syms. */
4761 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4762 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4765 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4766 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4767 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4768 function symbol is local. */
4769 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4770 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4772 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4773 won't need a .plt entry. */
4774 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4775 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4776 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4779 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4781 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4782 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4783 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4785 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4787 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4788 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4789 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4791 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4793 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4794 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4795 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4797 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4801 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4802 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4803 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4804 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4805 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4806 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4807 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4808 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4810 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4812 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4813 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4814 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4815 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4816 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4818 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4819 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4820 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4821 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4822 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4824 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4825 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4826 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4827 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4829 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4830 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4834 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4836 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4837 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4838 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4839 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4842 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4843 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4844 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4845 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4846 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4847 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4848 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4852 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4853 is not a function. */
4855 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4856 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4857 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4858 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4859 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4861 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4865 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4866 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4867 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4869 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4873 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4874 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4875 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4876 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4877 if (h
->protected_def
)
4879 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4880 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4881 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4882 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4883 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4884 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4888 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4889 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4892 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4893 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4894 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4895 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4896 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4898 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4899 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4900 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4902 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4905 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4906 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4907 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4908 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4909 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4910 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4911 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4912 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4913 same memory location for the variable.
4915 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4916 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4917 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4919 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4920 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4922 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4923 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4925 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4929 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4930 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4931 and into the runtime process image. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4933 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4934 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4935 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4937 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4939 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4943 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4944 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4945 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4948 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4949 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4950 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4951 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4952 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4955 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4957 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4960 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4963 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4965 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4966 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4968 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4970 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4971 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4974 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4975 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4978 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4980 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4981 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4982 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4983 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4986 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4988 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4989 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4990 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4991 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4992 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4993 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4994 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4996 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5001 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5002 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5005 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5008 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5010 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5012 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5013 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5017 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5018 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5020 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5021 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5025 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5026 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5028 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5029 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5031 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5032 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5038 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5039 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5041 static inline unsigned int
5042 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5045 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5050 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5052 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5054 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5060 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5063 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5064 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5066 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5068 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5069 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5070 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5071 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5074 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5075 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5079 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5082 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5084 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5085 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5086 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5087 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5090 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5093 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5094 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5095 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5096 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5097 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5098 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5099 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5100 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5101 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5105 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5106 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5110 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5112 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5113 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5114 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5115 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5116 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5120 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5122 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5125 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5126 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5127 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5128 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5129 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5130 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5131 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5132 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5133 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5137 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5138 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5139 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5140 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5141 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5142 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5148 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5150 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5151 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5152 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5153 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5154 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5156 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5157 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5158 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5159 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5161 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5162 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5163 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5164 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5166 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5169 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5170 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5171 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5172 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5174 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5176 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5177 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5178 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5179 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5180 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5181 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5182 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5184 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5186 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5188 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5197 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5199 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5201 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5203 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5210 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5212 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5213 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5217 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5219 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5220 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5222 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5224 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5225 && !(h
->protected_def
5226 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5227 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5228 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5230 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5231 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5234 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5235 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5238 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5241 /* Allocate space. */
5242 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5244 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5245 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5246 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5247 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5250 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5251 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5254 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5255 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5256 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5258 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5259 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5262 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5263 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5264 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5265 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5267 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5268 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5269 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5271 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5272 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5274 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5278 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5284 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5288 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5291 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5293 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5294 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5298 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5300 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5301 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5304 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5308 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5309 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5311 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5313 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5314 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5322 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5323 for the special first entry. */
5325 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5327 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5328 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5329 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5330 word available at the end. */
5331 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5332 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5334 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5335 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5337 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5338 file, and we are not generating a shared
5339 library, then set the symbol to this location
5340 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5341 relocations, and is required to make
5342 function pointers compare as equal between
5343 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5344 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5348 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5349 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5352 /* Make room for this entry. */
5353 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5354 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5356 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5357 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5358 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5359 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5360 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5362 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5365 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5370 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5372 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5373 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5375 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5377 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5378 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5383 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5385 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5387 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5388 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5389 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5392 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5394 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5395 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5396 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5399 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5400 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5401 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5404 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5406 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5413 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5417 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5423 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5430 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5431 read-only sections. */
5434 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5438 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5441 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5444 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5446 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5447 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5448 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5449 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5451 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5457 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5459 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5460 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5461 1, /* CIE version. */
5462 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5463 4, /* Code alignment. */
5464 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5466 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5467 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5468 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5471 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5474 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5475 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5477 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5483 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5486 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5487 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5489 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5491 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5492 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5494 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5495 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5496 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5497 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5501 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5502 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5503 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5504 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5506 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5508 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5510 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5511 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5512 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5513 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5515 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5518 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5521 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5523 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5525 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5526 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5530 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5531 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5533 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5534 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5535 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5538 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5539 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5542 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5543 handled specially by the loader. */
5545 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5547 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5549 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5550 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5551 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5552 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5553 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5555 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5556 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5557 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5563 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5567 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5568 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5569 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5570 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5571 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5572 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5574 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5578 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5579 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5580 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5582 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5585 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5586 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5587 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5588 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5592 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5593 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5594 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5595 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5601 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5603 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5606 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5607 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5608 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5610 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5611 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5612 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5614 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5615 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5617 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5619 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5620 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5622 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5630 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5633 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5635 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5638 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5639 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5641 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5645 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5647 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5648 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5650 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5652 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5653 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5659 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5663 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5664 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5666 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5668 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5669 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5670 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5673 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5675 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5677 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5679 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5680 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5681 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5682 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5683 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5685 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5686 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5688 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5691 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5693 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5695 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5697 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5698 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5700 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5702 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5704 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5705 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5706 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5707 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5708 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5711 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5712 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5713 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5715 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5716 /* Space for the branch table. */
5718 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5719 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5720 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5722 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5724 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5726 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5727 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5728 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5731 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5733 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5734 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5735 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5736 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5737 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5738 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5739 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5741 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5743 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5744 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5747 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5749 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5750 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5751 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5752 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5753 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5754 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5755 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5757 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5762 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5763 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5764 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5765 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5766 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5768 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5769 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5770 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5773 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5778 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5779 Allocate memory for them. */
5781 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5783 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5785 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5788 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5789 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5791 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5792 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5793 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5794 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5795 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5796 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5799 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5800 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5802 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5803 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5805 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5806 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5807 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5809 /* Strip these too. */
5811 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5812 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5814 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5816 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5820 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5823 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5824 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5830 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5834 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5836 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5837 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5838 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5839 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5840 before the linker maps input sections to output
5841 sections. The linker does that before
5842 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5843 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5844 into these sections. */
5845 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5849 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5852 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5853 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5854 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5858 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5860 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5861 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5862 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5863 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5864 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5865 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5866 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5868 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5870 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5874 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5876 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5877 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5878 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5879 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5883 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5884 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5885 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5887 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5889 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5890 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5891 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5892 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5898 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5899 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5900 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5904 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5905 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5906 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5907 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5910 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5912 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5915 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5916 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5919 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5921 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5922 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5924 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5927 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5928 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5930 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5932 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5936 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5937 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5939 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5942 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5947 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5948 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5950 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5952 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5955 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5958 else if (adv
< 65536)
5960 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5961 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5966 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5967 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5970 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5973 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5974 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5977 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5978 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5984 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5985 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5988 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5992 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5996 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5997 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5999 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
6000 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
6002 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
6003 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6004 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6005 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6012 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6014 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6018 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6019 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6024 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6027 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6029 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6031 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6032 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6035 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6038 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6040 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6041 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6042 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6044 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6045 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6046 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6047 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6048 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6049 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6050 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6051 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6054 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6056 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6057 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6058 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6059 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6062 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6064 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6065 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6068 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6069 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6070 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6071 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6074 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6076 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6079 struct one_branch_fixup
6081 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6083 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6084 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6090 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6091 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6092 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6093 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6094 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6095 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6096 unsigned changes
= 0;
6097 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6098 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6099 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6101 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6105 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6106 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6107 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6108 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6112 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6113 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6115 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6118 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6122 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6123 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6124 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6125 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6127 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6128 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6129 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6131 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6132 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6134 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6136 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6137 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6138 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6141 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6142 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6145 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6146 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6147 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6148 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6149 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6152 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6154 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6155 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6157 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6158 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6160 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6161 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6162 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6166 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6168 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6169 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6171 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6174 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6175 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6176 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6179 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6180 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6181 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6182 unsigned char sym_type
;
6187 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6188 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6190 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6194 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6195 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6196 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6199 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6200 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6208 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6209 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6210 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6217 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6218 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6222 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6223 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6228 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6229 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6230 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6234 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6235 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6236 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6241 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6242 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6243 branch stub in that case. */
6244 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6245 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6246 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6248 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6249 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6250 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6252 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6253 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6254 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6255 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6256 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6258 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6260 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6262 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6263 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6264 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6265 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6266 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6271 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6272 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6274 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6275 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6276 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6279 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6282 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6284 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6285 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6286 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6287 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6289 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6290 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6291 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6292 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6299 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6304 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6305 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6306 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6310 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6311 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6312 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6313 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6317 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6318 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6320 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6322 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6323 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6325 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6326 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6327 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6328 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6333 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6335 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6336 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6337 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6340 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6342 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6343 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6346 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6350 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6351 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6356 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6357 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6362 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6363 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6364 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6365 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6366 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6367 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6368 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6369 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6370 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6373 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6374 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6375 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6376 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6377 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6378 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6380 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6381 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6382 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6383 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6384 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6386 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6387 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6388 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6389 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6390 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6391 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6392 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6393 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6394 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6395 location of interest is just "sym". */
6396 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6397 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6398 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6401 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6402 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6405 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6406 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6407 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6409 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6410 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6411 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6413 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6414 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6415 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6416 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6417 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6418 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6421 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6423 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6424 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6425 fixup can be created at final link.
6426 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6427 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6428 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6429 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6430 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6433 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6434 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6435 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6436 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6437 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6438 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6440 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6442 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6443 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6444 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6445 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6449 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6450 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6451 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6457 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6459 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6460 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6461 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6462 one. We'll report an error later. */
6465 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6467 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6472 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6475 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6476 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6477 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6479 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6480 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6481 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6484 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6485 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6486 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6488 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6489 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6490 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6493 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6494 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6495 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6498 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6506 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6507 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6510 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6511 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6514 /* Get the section contents. */
6515 if (contents
== NULL
)
6517 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6518 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6519 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6520 /* Go get them off disk. */
6521 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6525 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6526 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6530 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6531 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6532 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6534 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6535 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6539 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6540 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6541 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6544 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6549 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6551 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6552 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6557 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6559 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6560 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6561 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6563 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6564 unsigned int crossings
;
6565 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6567 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6568 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6570 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6573 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6574 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6575 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6576 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6577 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6578 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6580 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6581 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6583 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6584 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6586 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6589 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6591 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6592 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6593 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6594 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6597 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6598 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6601 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6603 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6607 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6608 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6612 if (contents
!= NULL
6613 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6615 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6619 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6620 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6624 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6627 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6628 information for the trampolines. */
6629 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6630 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6631 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6636 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6637 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6638 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6640 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6642 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6644 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6645 free (internal_relocs
);
6646 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6647 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6648 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6649 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6651 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6652 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6653 free (internal_relocs
);
6655 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6659 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6661 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6662 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6665 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6667 if (contents
!= NULL
6668 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6670 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6671 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6672 free (internal_relocs
);
6676 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6677 discarded sections. */
6680 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6682 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6685 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6688 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6691 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6694 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6695 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6698 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6702 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6706 /* Handle global symbol. */
6707 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6709 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6710 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6711 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6715 /* Handle local symbol. */
6716 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6718 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6719 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6720 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6723 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6726 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6728 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6729 as a "written" flag. */
6730 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6732 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6733 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6734 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6735 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6738 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6739 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6740 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6741 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6745 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6746 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6752 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6753 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6754 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6757 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6758 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6759 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6761 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6762 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6764 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6767 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6768 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6774 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6788 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6789 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6790 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6792 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6796 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6798 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6799 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6800 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6801 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6805 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6832 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6835 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6837 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6838 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6839 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6840 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6843 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6844 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6845 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6848 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6852 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6855 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6856 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6857 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6858 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6862 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6865 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6866 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6867 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6868 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6869 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6870 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6871 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6872 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6873 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6874 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6876 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6883 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6884 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6885 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6888 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6890 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6891 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6895 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6896 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6897 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6898 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6899 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6900 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6901 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6902 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6903 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6905 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6906 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6908 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6909 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6911 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6913 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6914 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6915 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6916 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6918 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6919 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6920 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6921 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6929 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6931 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6932 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6933 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6934 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6938 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6940 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6941 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6942 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6945 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6946 to handle the relocations for a section.
6948 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6949 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6952 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6953 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6954 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6957 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6958 address or the reloc symbol index.
6960 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6962 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6963 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6965 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6966 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6968 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6969 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6970 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6971 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6975 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6976 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6978 asection
*input_section
,
6980 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6981 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6982 asection
**local_sections
)
6984 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6985 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6986 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6987 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6988 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6989 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6990 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6992 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6993 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6994 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6995 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6996 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6997 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
7000 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7001 "%ld relocations%s",
7002 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7003 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7004 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7007 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7009 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7013 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7015 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7016 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7017 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7019 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7020 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7021 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7022 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7023 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7024 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7025 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7026 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7028 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7029 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7030 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7031 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7032 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7034 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7036 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7037 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7039 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7040 const char *sym_name
;
7041 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7042 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7044 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7045 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7047 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7048 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7049 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7052 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7056 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7058 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7060 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7062 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7063 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7064 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7066 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7070 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7072 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7073 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7075 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7077 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7080 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7082 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7083 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7084 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7086 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7087 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7089 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7090 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7091 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7095 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7096 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7097 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7098 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7099 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7100 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7106 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7109 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7110 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7112 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7113 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7114 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7116 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7117 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7118 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7122 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7123 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7124 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7125 for the final instruction stream. */
7129 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7130 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7132 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7135 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7136 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7137 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7140 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7141 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7142 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7143 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7144 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7145 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7146 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7147 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7148 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7155 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7156 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7157 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7158 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7162 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7163 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7165 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7166 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7167 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7168 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7169 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7174 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7175 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7179 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7180 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7183 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7184 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7185 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7187 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7188 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7189 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7193 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7194 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7196 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7200 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7201 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7202 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7205 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7206 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7207 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7210 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7211 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7212 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7214 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7218 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7221 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7225 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7226 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7227 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7229 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7233 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7234 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7235 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7236 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7237 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7238 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7239 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7241 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7242 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7243 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7244 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7245 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7246 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7247 intervening code. */
7248 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7249 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7250 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7253 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7254 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7255 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7257 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7258 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7259 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7261 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7262 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7263 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7268 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7269 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7272 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7274 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7276 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7278 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7279 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7280 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7281 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7282 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7283 + sec
->output_offset
7284 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7286 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7287 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7288 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7290 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7291 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7292 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7293 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7298 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7301 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7302 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7309 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7310 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7313 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7315 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7318 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7322 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7325 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7326 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7331 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7332 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7333 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7335 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7337 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7338 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7339 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7344 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7345 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7349 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7352 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7357 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7359 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7361 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7362 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7363 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7364 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7365 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7366 + sec
->output_offset
7367 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7369 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7370 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7371 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7373 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7374 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7375 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7376 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7382 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7389 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7390 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7391 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7392 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7395 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7396 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7401 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7402 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7405 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7406 + input_section
->output_offset
7407 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7409 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7410 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7411 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7413 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7417 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7421 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7422 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7423 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7424 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7426 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7428 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7429 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7430 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7431 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7434 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7435 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7436 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7437 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7438 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7443 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7447 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7448 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7449 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7451 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7452 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7455 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7457 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7458 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7459 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7460 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7466 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7467 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7468 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7470 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7471 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7472 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7473 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7474 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7476 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7477 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7478 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7479 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7480 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7481 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7482 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7483 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7485 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7486 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7488 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7490 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7491 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7492 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7493 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7495 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7496 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7498 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7499 output is reasonable. */
7500 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7502 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7503 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7504 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7506 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7508 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7512 /* xgettext:c-format */
7513 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7514 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7515 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7516 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7518 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7520 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7521 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7522 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7523 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7524 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7525 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7526 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7527 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7528 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7529 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7530 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7531 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7532 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7533 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7534 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7535 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7536 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7538 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7539 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7541 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7543 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7544 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7548 /* xgettext:c-format */
7549 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7550 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7551 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7552 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7557 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7559 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7563 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7564 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7566 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7567 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7569 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7571 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7572 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7573 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7578 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7579 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7580 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7581 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7582 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7585 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7586 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7587 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7588 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7589 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7590 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7591 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7595 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7597 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7598 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7600 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7602 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7603 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7604 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7605 apparently are using code compiled with
7606 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7607 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7608 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7609 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7611 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7612 /* xgettext:c-format */
7613 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7614 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7617 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7618 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7619 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7621 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7622 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7623 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7624 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7626 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7627 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7632 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7633 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7635 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7636 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7643 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7644 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7646 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7647 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7648 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7649 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7650 /* xgettext:c-format */
7651 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7652 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7653 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7655 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7659 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7660 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7662 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7663 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7664 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7666 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7675 /* xgettext:c-format */
7676 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7677 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7687 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7688 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7689 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7692 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7693 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7694 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7695 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7698 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7700 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7705 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7707 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7712 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7714 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7719 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7720 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7721 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7725 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7726 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7727 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7731 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7737 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7741 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7742 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7743 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7746 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7748 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7749 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7750 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7751 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7752 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7753 because of a version file. */
7758 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7760 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7764 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7766 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7769 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7770 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7771 processed this entry. */
7777 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7778 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7779 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7782 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7784 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7785 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7788 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7789 Initialize them all. */
7794 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7796 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7799 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7801 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7804 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7806 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7807 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7809 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7811 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7815 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7817 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7819 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7821 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7822 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7824 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7829 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7831 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7832 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7833 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7835 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7836 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7838 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7839 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7841 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7842 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7844 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7845 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7846 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7847 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7849 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7851 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7854 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7855 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7856 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7857 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7859 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7860 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7861 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7863 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7864 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7866 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7867 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7869 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7870 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7872 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7875 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7876 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7877 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7878 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7881 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7882 emitting a reloc. */
7885 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7889 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7893 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7896 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7897 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7898 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7901 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7903 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7904 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7908 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7909 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7913 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7922 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7925 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7927 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7929 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7930 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7932 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7934 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7936 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7938 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7945 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7946 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7949 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7950 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7952 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7954 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7955 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7956 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7957 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7959 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7960 /* xgettext:c-format */
7961 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7962 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7968 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7969 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7970 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7971 at a symbol not in this object. */
7972 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7974 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7975 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7982 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7984 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7985 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7986 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7987 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7988 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7989 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7990 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7991 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7992 /* xgettext:c-format */
7993 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7994 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7995 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7999 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8000 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8001 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
8002 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8003 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8004 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8007 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8010 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8011 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8012 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8014 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8015 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8017 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8018 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8019 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8020 defined before using them. */
8021 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8022 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8023 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8025 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8028 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8029 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8030 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8031 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8032 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8036 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8037 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8040 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8041 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8042 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8045 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8051 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8052 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8053 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8054 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8058 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8064 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8065 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8066 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8071 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8072 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8073 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8076 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8077 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8078 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8079 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8080 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8081 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8087 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8088 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8089 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8094 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8098 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8100 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8101 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8102 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8104 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8112 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8113 "create relocation for %s\n",
8114 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8115 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8118 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8119 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8122 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8125 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8126 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8127 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8128 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8129 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8131 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8132 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8133 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8134 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8135 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8136 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8137 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8140 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8141 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8144 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8145 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8146 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8147 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8151 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8153 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8157 /* If we get here when building a static
8158 executable, then the libc startup function
8159 responsible for applying indirect function
8160 relocations is going to complain about
8162 If we get here when building a dynamic
8163 executable, it will be because we have
8164 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8165 will set the text segment writable and
8166 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8167 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8168 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8169 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8170 /* xgettext:c-format */
8171 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8172 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8173 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8178 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8180 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8189 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8190 against a section symbol. It would be
8191 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8192 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8193 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8194 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8195 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8196 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8198 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8203 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8206 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8207 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8209 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8212 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8213 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8215 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8216 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8219 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8221 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8222 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8224 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8227 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8230 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8232 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8233 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8234 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8239 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8240 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8241 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8246 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8247 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8250 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8257 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8258 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8261 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8262 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8264 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8266 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8267 got2_addend
= addend
;
8270 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8271 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8272 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8273 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8274 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8276 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8277 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8286 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8289 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8291 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8292 + input_section
->output_offset
8293 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8294 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8295 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8299 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8304 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8307 relocation
+= addend
;
8308 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8311 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8313 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8314 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8318 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8331 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8332 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8333 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8334 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8335 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8336 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8337 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8338 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8340 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8341 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8345 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8346 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8347 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8348 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8350 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8354 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8355 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8359 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8360 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8361 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8362 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8364 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8368 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8369 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8373 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8374 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8375 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8376 AIX .toc section. */
8377 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8378 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8380 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8383 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8384 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8386 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8389 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8390 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8392 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8394 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8395 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8397 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8399 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8400 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8401 using -Bsymbolic. */
8405 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8406 procedure linkage table. */
8407 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8408 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8409 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8410 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8411 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8413 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8414 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8419 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8420 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8421 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8427 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8428 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8429 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8432 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8433 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8435 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8437 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8438 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8439 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8440 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8442 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8443 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8445 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8447 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8448 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8449 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8453 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8454 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8455 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8457 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8460 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8462 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8464 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8465 + plt
->output_offset
8467 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8471 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8473 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8474 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8476 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8484 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8485 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8488 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8491 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8492 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8494 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8497 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8499 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8500 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8501 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8504 /* xgettext:c-format */
8505 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8506 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8515 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8516 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8519 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8522 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8523 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8525 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8528 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8530 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8531 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8532 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8535 /* xgettext:c-format */
8536 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8537 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8546 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8547 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8548 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8549 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8550 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8553 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8554 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8555 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8556 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8557 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8560 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8561 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8562 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8563 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8564 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8567 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8568 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8569 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8570 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8571 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8574 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8575 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8576 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8577 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8578 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8581 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8582 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8583 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8584 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8585 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8588 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8589 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8590 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8591 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8592 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8599 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8601 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8605 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8606 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8607 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8610 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8612 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8613 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8616 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8618 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8619 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8626 /* xgettext:c-format */
8627 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8628 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8641 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8643 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8646 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8649 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8652 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8653 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8654 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8655 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8656 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8657 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8658 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8659 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8660 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8662 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8664 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8665 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8667 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8670 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8674 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8675 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8676 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8677 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8678 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8679 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8680 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8682 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8684 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8685 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8689 /* Fill in register field. */
8690 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8691 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8695 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8704 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8706 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8708 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8712 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8713 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8714 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8715 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8716 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8717 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8718 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8722 /* xgettext:c-format */
8723 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8724 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8735 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8737 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8740 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8742 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8743 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8744 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8746 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8747 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8748 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8749 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8751 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8752 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8754 value
= value
>> 16;
8755 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8756 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8758 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8760 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8762 value
= value
>> 16;
8763 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8764 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8766 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8768 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8770 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8771 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8772 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8774 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8776 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8778 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8779 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8780 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8782 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8787 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8788 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8791 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8793 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8794 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8795 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8796 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8798 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8801 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8804 /* Negative relocations. */
8805 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8806 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8807 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8808 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8810 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8814 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8815 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8816 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8817 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8819 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8823 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8824 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8825 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8826 /* xgettext:c-format */
8827 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8828 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8830 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8841 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8843 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8844 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8847 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8848 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8849 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8851 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8852 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8853 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8854 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8859 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8860 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8861 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8863 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8864 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8865 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8866 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8867 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8869 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8870 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8871 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8872 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8877 /* Do any further special processing. */
8883 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8884 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8885 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8886 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8887 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8888 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8889 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8890 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8891 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8892 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8893 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8894 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8899 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8900 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8901 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8902 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8903 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8904 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8905 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8906 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8911 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8913 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8914 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8916 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8917 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8918 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8920 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8922 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8923 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8925 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8926 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8927 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8928 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8930 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8931 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8932 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8933 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8935 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8936 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8938 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8940 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8944 relocation
+= addend
;
8945 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8946 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8949 relocation
^= lobit
;
8950 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8951 /* xgettext:c-format */
8952 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8953 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8954 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8955 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8963 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8964 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8969 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8973 if (unresolved_reloc
8974 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8976 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8977 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8979 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8980 /* xgettext:c-format */
8981 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8982 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8988 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8989 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8990 have different reloc types. */
8991 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8992 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8993 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8995 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8997 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9001 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9002 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9003 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9004 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9005 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9006 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9007 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9009 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9012 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9017 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9019 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9020 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9021 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9026 relocation
+= addend
;
9027 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9028 + input_section
->output_offset
9029 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9031 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9033 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9034 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9039 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9040 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9042 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9044 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9047 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9048 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9051 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9052 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9053 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9054 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9055 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9056 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9060 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9061 /* xgettext:c-format */
9062 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9063 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9064 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9075 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9076 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9078 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9079 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9080 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9082 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9084 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9085 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9090 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9091 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9092 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9096 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9099 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9100 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9101 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9102 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9104 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9105 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9106 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9109 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9110 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9111 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9112 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9113 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9115 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9116 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9118 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9124 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9125 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9126 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9129 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9134 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9135 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9136 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9137 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9138 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9140 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9141 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9142 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9143 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9144 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9148 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9149 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9150 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9151 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9154 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9162 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9163 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9165 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9169 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9186 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9187 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9188 avoid the icache failure.
9190 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9191 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9192 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9193 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9194 unconditional branches:
9195 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9196 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9197 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9198 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9199 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9200 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9201 instruction is not executed.
9206 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9213 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9214 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9215 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9216 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9217 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9218 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9221 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9222 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9225 . nop b somewhere_else
9226 . b somewhere_else nop
9227 . new_page: new_page:
9229 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9230 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9231 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9232 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9233 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9234 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9235 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9238 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9239 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9240 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9241 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9242 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9245 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9246 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9250 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9251 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9252 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9253 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9255 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9257 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9258 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9261 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9263 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9264 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9267 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9268 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9269 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9270 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9276 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9277 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9278 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9279 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9282 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9285 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9286 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9287 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9288 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9291 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9292 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9294 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9296 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9300 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9302 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9303 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9306 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9317 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9318 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9320 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9322 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9323 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9325 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9327 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9329 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9330 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9331 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9332 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9333 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9335 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9337 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9338 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9339 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9340 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9341 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9343 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9345 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9346 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9347 contents
+ patch_off
);
9349 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9350 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9351 contents
+ patch_off
);
9358 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9360 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9361 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9363 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9364 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9365 contents
+ patch_off
);
9367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9368 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9369 contents
+ patch_off
);
9371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9372 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9373 contents
+ patch_off
);
9379 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9382 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9383 contents
+ patch_off
);
9386 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9387 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9394 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9397 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9399 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9400 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9401 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9402 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9405 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9406 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9410 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9412 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9413 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9414 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9416 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9417 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9418 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9419 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9422 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9423 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9424 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9425 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9426 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9429 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9431 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9432 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9433 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9436 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9438 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9439 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9441 /* Use the right PLT. */
9442 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9443 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9445 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9446 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9448 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9449 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9450 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9451 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9452 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9453 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9457 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9459 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9460 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9461 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9462 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9463 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9464 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9467 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9468 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9469 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9470 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9472 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9473 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9474 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9475 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9476 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9477 prescaled offset. */
9478 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9479 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9480 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9481 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9482 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9483 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9484 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9485 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9487 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9489 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9490 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9491 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9492 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9493 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9494 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9496 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9497 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9498 in this PLT entry. */
9499 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9500 + plt
->output_offset
9501 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9502 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9504 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9506 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9507 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9508 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9509 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9510 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9512 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9513 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9514 + plt
->output_offset
9515 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9516 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9518 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9519 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9520 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9522 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9523 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9524 + plt
->output_offset
9525 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9526 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9528 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9529 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9530 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9532 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9533 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9534 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9535 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9537 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9539 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9543 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9544 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9545 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9546 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9547 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9548 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9549 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9556 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9557 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9559 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9561 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9562 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9566 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9567 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9570 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9571 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9572 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9577 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9578 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9582 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9583 + plt
->output_offset
9586 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9587 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9588 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9590 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9591 linker will fill it in. */
9595 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9596 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9597 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9598 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9599 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9606 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9607 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9608 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9610 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9611 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9613 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9614 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9615 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9616 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9620 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9621 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9622 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9623 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9624 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9626 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9631 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9632 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9633 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9636 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9638 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9639 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9641 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9642 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9647 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9648 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9650 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9651 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9660 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9663 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9665 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9671 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9673 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9675 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9676 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9677 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9678 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9679 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9680 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9682 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9685 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9689 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9690 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9691 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9692 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9693 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9694 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9695 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9697 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9699 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9701 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9704 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9707 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9708 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9710 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9711 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9716 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9717 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9718 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9720 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9722 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9723 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9724 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9725 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9729 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9730 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9732 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9733 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9737 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9738 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9743 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9744 + plt
->output_offset
9745 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9746 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9747 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9748 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9749 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9751 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9752 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9756 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9757 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9759 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9762 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9768 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9769 dynamic sections here. */
9772 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9773 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9774 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9775 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9777 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9778 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9781 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9782 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9786 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9787 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9788 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9790 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9792 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9793 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9794 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9795 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9796 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9797 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9799 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9800 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9802 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9804 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9805 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9806 function pointer. */
9812 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9813 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9814 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9815 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9816 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9817 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9820 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9821 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9822 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9823 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9824 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9832 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9835 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9838 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9841 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9843 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9845 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9846 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9848 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9849 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9851 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9852 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9854 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9855 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9859 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9865 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9866 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9867 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9868 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9870 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9872 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9873 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9875 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9877 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9878 return reloc_class_relative
;
9879 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9880 return reloc_class_plt
;
9882 return reloc_class_copy
;
9884 return reloc_class_normal
;
9888 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9891 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9892 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9895 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9898 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9901 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9904 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9905 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9906 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9909 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9910 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9912 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9914 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9916 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9918 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9919 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9920 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9922 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9925 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9930 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9931 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9934 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9938 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9942 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9943 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9947 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9951 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9952 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9953 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9954 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9955 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9956 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9957 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9958 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9962 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9963 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9968 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9972 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9973 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9975 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9976 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9978 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9980 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9981 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9983 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9984 so that a function can easily find the address of
9985 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9986 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9987 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9993 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9994 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9995 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9996 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10001 /* xgettext:c-format */
10002 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10003 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10004 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10005 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10010 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10013 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10014 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10015 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10016 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10017 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10019 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10020 /* Use the right PLT. */
10021 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10022 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10023 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10025 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10027 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10030 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10032 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10046 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10048 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10051 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10053 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10054 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10055 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10057 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10059 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10060 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10062 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10063 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10064 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10066 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10069 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10071 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10072 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10073 in which symbols were output. */
10074 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10076 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10078 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10079 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10080 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10081 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10083 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10084 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10085 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10086 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10088 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10089 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10090 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10091 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10096 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10097 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10098 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10101 unsigned char *endp
;
10105 * PIC glink code is the following:
10107 * # ith PLT code stub.
10108 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10109 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10113 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10114 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10115 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10116 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10117 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10119 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10125 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10128 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10131 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10132 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10133 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10134 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10137 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10140 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10142 * # ith PLT code stub.
10143 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10144 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10148 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10151 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10152 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10153 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10154 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10157 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10158 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10162 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10163 and perhaps some padding. */
10164 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10165 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10166 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10167 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10168 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10170 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10175 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10179 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10180 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10181 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10183 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10185 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10186 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10187 glink branch table. */
10188 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10190 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10191 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10193 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10194 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10195 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10197 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10201 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10202 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10205 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10206 one other call stub before this one. */
10207 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10211 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10216 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10217 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10218 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10222 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10223 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10224 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10242 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10256 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10266 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10277 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10290 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10293 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10296 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10297 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10299 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10302 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10307 /* Offset to .glink. */
10308 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10309 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10310 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10311 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10312 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10313 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10315 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10316 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10317 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10318 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10325 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10326 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10327 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10328 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10329 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10330 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10331 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10332 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10333 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10334 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10335 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10337 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10338 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10342 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10345 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10346 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10347 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10348 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10349 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10350 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10352 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10353 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10354 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10355 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10356 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10357 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10358 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10359 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10361 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10362 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10363 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10364 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10365 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10366 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10367 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10368 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10369 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10370 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10371 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10372 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10373 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10374 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10375 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10376 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10377 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10378 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10379 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10380 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10381 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10382 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10383 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10384 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10385 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10386 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10387 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10388 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10389 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10391 #include "elf32-target.h"
10393 /* FreeBSD Target */
10395 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10396 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10398 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10399 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10400 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10401 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10404 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10407 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10409 #include "elf32-target.h"
10411 /* VxWorks Target */
10413 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10414 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10416 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10417 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10418 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10419 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10423 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10424 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10425 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10427 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10430 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10431 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10433 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10436 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10437 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10438 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10439 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10441 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10443 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10446 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10447 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10448 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10449 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10450 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10451 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10452 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10457 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10459 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10460 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10461 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10462 const char **namep
,
10467 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10471 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10475 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10477 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10478 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10481 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10483 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10484 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10485 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10486 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10487 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10488 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10489 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10490 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10491 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10492 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10493 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10494 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10495 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10496 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10498 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10500 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10501 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10502 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10503 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10504 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10505 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10506 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10507 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10508 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10509 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10510 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10511 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10512 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10513 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10514 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10515 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10516 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10517 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10520 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10522 #include "elf32-target.h"